blob: dd757f0987b0f9c21002cdd229ad818ec0c5c5ed [file] [log] [blame]
Thomas Gleixnerd2912cb2019-06-04 10:11:33 +02001/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04003 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
4 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
6 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02007 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Bergd98ad832014-09-03 15:24:57 +03008 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +03009 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Shaul Triebitzd8b26152021-06-18 13:41:35 +030010 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2021 Intel Corporation
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070011 */
12
13#ifndef MAC80211_H
14#define MAC80211_H
15
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050016#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070017#include <linux/kernel.h>
18#include <linux/if_ether.h>
19#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070021#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Michal Kazior5caa3282016-05-19 10:37:51 +020022#include <net/codel.h>
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +030023#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +020024#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070025
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040026/**
27 * DOC: Introduction
28 *
29 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
30 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
31 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
32 * drivers.
33 */
34
35/**
36 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
37 *
38 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070039 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
40 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
41 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010042 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
43 * tasklet function.
44 *
45 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070046 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070047 */
48
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040049/**
50 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070051 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040052 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
53 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
54 */
55
56/**
57 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070058 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040059 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
60 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
61 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
62 * hardware.
63 *
64 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
65 *
66 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
67 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
68 *
69 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
70 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070071 */
72
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020073/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040074 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
75 *
76 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
77 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
78 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
79 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
80 *
81 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
82 * suspend.
83 *
84 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
85 *
86 */
87
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +010088/**
89 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
90 *
91 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
92 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
93 * between different stations/interfaces.
94 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
95 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
96 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
97 *
98 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
99 * driver operation.
100 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +0300101 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
102 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
103 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100104 *
105 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
106 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
107 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -0800108 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
109 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
110 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
111 *
112 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
113 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
114 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
115 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
116 * ieee80211_return_txq().
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100117 *
118 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
119 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
120 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
121 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
122 * .release_buffered_frames().
123 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
124 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
125 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
126 */
127
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500128struct device;
129
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400130/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200131 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
132 *
133 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100134 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200135 */
136enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200137 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100138 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200139};
140
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200141#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
142
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200143/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800144 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
145 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
146 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
147 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
149 */
150enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
151 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
152 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
153 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
154 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
155};
156
157/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400158 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
159 *
160 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100161 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400162 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400163 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200164 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
165 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400166 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100167 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300168 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200169 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300170 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
171 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400172 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700173struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200174 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100175 u16 cw_min;
176 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200177 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300178 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200179 bool uapsd;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300180 bool mu_edca;
181 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700182};
183
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700184struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
185 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
186 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
187 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
188 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
189};
190
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100191/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200192 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100193 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200194 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100195 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
197 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200199 */
200enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100201 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200202 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100203 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200206};
207
208/**
209 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
210 *
211 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
212 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
213 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100214 * @def: the channel definition
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200215 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200216 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
217 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
218 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
219 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100220 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100221 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200222 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
223 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
224 */
225struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100226 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200227 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200228
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200229 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
230
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100231 bool radar_enabled;
232
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -0500233 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200234};
235
236/**
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300237 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
238 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
239 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
240 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
242 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
243 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
244 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
245 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
246 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
247 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
248 * for changes/removal.)
249 */
250enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
251 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
252 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
253};
254
255/**
256 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
257 *
258 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
259 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
260 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
261 * done.
262 *
263 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
264 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
265 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
266 */
267struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
268 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
269 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
270 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
271};
272
273/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100274 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
275 *
276 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
277 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
278 *
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
280 * also implies a change in the AID.
281 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300283 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700284 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200285 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200286 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200287 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
288 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
290 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
291 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
292 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200293 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200294 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300295 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200296 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
297 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200298 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200299 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200300 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300301 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200302 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100303 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200304 * changed
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300305 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
306 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100307 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
308 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
309 * context had been assigned.
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100310 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200311 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300312 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
313 * keep alive) changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +1300315 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fine timing measurement request responder
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700316 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200317 * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200318 * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD: OBSS Packet Detection status changed.
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100319 * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR: BSS Color has changed
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000320 * @BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY: FILS discovery status changed.
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000321 * @BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
322 * status changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700323 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100324 */
325enum ieee80211_bss_change {
326 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
327 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
328 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300329 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200330 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200331 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200332 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200333 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
334 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
335 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200336 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200337 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300338 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200339 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200340 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300341 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200342 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300343 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200344 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100345 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300346 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100347 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100348 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200349 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300350 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700351 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700352 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200353 BSS_CHANGED_TWT = 1<<27,
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200354 BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD = 1<<28,
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100355 BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR = 1<<29,
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000356 BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY = 1<<30,
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000357 BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<31,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200358
359 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100360};
361
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300362/*
363 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
364 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
365 * filtering will be disabled.
366 */
367#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
368
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100369/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200370 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
371 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200372 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300373 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300374 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
375 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
376 * once each time the timeout triggers.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700377 */
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200378enum ieee80211_event_type {
379 RSSI_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200380 MLME_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300381 BAR_RX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300382 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200383};
384
385/**
386 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
387 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
388 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
389 */
390enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700391 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
392 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
393};
394
395/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200396 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200397 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
398 */
399struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
400 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
401};
402
403/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200404 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
405 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200406 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200407 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
408 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200409 */
410enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
411 AUTH_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200412 ASSOC_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200413 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
414 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200415};
416
417/**
418 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
419 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
420 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
421 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
422 */
423enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
424 MLME_SUCCESS,
425 MLME_DENIED,
426 MLME_TIMEOUT,
427};
428
429/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200430 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200431 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
432 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
433 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
434 */
435struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
436 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
437 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
438 u16 reason;
439};
440
441/**
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300442 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
443 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
444 * @tid: the tid
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300445 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300446 */
447struct ieee80211_ba_event {
448 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
449 u16 tid;
450 u16 ssn;
451};
452
453/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200454 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200455 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200456 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200457 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300458 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300459 * @u:union holding the fields above
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200460 */
461struct ieee80211_event {
462 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
463 union {
464 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200465 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300466 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200467 } u;
468};
469
470/**
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200471 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
472 *
473 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
474 *
475 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
476 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
477 */
478struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
479 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
480 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
481};
482
483/**
Randy Dunlap3453de92018-12-06 12:58:30 -0800484 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700485 *
486 * @lci: LCI subelement content
487 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
488 * @lci_len: LCI data length
489 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
490 */
491struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
492 const u8 *lci;
493 const u8 *civicloc;
494 size_t lci_len;
495 size_t civicloc_len;
496};
497
498/**
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000499 * struct ieee80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
500 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
501 *
502 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
503 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
504 */
505struct ieee80211_fils_discovery {
506 u32 min_interval;
507 u32 max_interval;
508};
509
510/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100511 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
512 *
513 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
514 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
515 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300516 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
517 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
518 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
519 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
520 * ACK, BACK or both
521 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
522 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
523 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200524 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
525 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200526 * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
527 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
Shaul Triebitzd46b4ab82020-03-26 15:09:33 +0200528 * @twt_protected: does this BSS support protected TWT frames
Shaul Triebitzd8b26152021-06-18 13:41:35 +0300529 * @twt_broadcast: does this BSS support broadcast TWT
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100530 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200531 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
532 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530533 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100534 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
535 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Bergea1b2b452015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200536 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
537 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100538 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200539 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300540 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200541 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100542 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
543 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
544 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
545 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200546 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200547 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
548 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200549 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100550 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
551 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200552 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
553 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
554 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700555 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800556 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200557 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
558 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
559 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300560 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100561 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200562 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
563 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100564 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
565 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200566 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100567 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Avri Altman22f66892015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300568 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
569 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
570 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200571 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
Johannes Berge86abc62015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200572 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
573 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
574 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100575 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
576 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
577 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
578 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200579 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300580 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
581 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
582 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
583 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100584 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
585 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
586 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200587 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200588 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
589 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
590 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300591 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
592 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200593 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300594 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
595 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Ben Greeardb6d9e92019-12-17 10:30:57 -0800596 * @txpower: TX power in dBm. INT_MIN means not configured.
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100597 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
598 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
599 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
600 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
601 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
602 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100603 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200604 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
605 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
606 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300607 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
608 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
609 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
610 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
611 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
612 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
613 * station.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700614 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
615 * responder functionality.
616 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200617 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
618 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
619 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
620 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
621 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
622 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
623 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
624 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu70debba2020-10-20 11:31:08 -0700625 * @he_oper: HE operation information of the BSS (AP/Mesh) or of the AP we are
626 * connected to (STA)
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200627 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection parameters.
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100628 * @he_bss_color: BSS coloring settings, if BSS supports HE
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000629 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery configuration
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000630 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
631 * interval.
Thomas Pedersen1d00ce82020-09-21 19:28:15 -0700632 * @s1g: BSS is S1G BSS (affects Association Request format).
Rajkumar Manoharanba6ff702020-10-03 15:04:18 -0700633 * @beacon_tx_rate: The configured beacon transmit rate that needs to be passed
634 * to driver when rate control is offloaded to firmware.
Wen Gong405fca82021-09-24 06:00:47 -0400635 * @power_type: power type of BSS for 6 GHz
Wen Gong63214f02021-09-24 06:00:52 -0400636 * @tx_pwr_env: transmit power envelope array of BSS.
637 * @tx_pwr_env_num: number of @tx_pwr_env.
638 * @pwr_reduction: power constraint of BSS.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100639 */
640struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200641 const u8 *bssid;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300642 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300643 bool uora_exists;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300644 u8 uora_ocw_range;
645 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
646 bool he_support;
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200647 bool twt_requester;
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200648 bool twt_responder;
Shaul Triebitzd46b4ab82020-03-26 15:09:33 +0200649 bool twt_protected;
Shaul Triebitzd8b26152021-06-18 13:41:35 +0300650 bool twt_broadcast;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100651 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200652 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530653 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100654 u16 aid;
655 /* erp related data */
656 bool use_cts_prot;
657 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300658 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200659 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800660 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700661 u16 beacon_int;
662 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200663 u64 sync_tsf;
664 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100665 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100666 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300667 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200668 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200669 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200670 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
671 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100672 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
673 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100674 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200675 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300676 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100677 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200678 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200679 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300680 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300681 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
682 size_t ssid_len;
683 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200684 int txpower;
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100685 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100686 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200687 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300688 u16 max_idle_period;
689 bool protected_keep_alive;
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700690 bool ftm_responder;
691 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200692 /* Multiple BSSID data */
693 bool nontransmitted;
694 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
695 u8 bssid_index;
696 u8 bssid_indicator;
697 bool ema_ap;
698 u8 profile_periodicity;
Rajkumar Manoharan60689de2020-04-24 15:41:39 -0700699 struct {
700 u32 params;
701 u16 nss_set;
702 } he_oper;
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200703 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100704 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000705 struct ieee80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000706 u32 unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval;
Thomas Pedersen1d00ce82020-09-21 19:28:15 -0700707 bool s1g;
Rajkumar Manoharanba6ff702020-10-03 15:04:18 -0700708 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_tx_rate;
Wen Gong405fca82021-09-24 06:00:47 -0400709 enum ieee80211_ap_reg_power power_type;
Wen Gong63214f02021-09-24 06:00:52 -0400710 struct ieee80211_tx_pwr_env tx_pwr_env[IEEE80211_TPE_MAX_IE_COUNT];
711 u8 tx_pwr_env_num;
712 u8 pwr_reduction;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100713};
714
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800715/**
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200716 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800717 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700718 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800719 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100720 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200721 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
722 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
723 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
724 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
725 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
726 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
727 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
728 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
729 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
730 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
731 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200732 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200733 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
734 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200735 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200736 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
737 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200738 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200739 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200740 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
741 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
742 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
743 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
744 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
745 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
746 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
747 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200748 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
749 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
750 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300751 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
752 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200753 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
754 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
755 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600756 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
757 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
758 * off-channel operation.
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200759 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP: This frame uses hardware encapsulation
760 * (header conversion)
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200761 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
762 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200763 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
764 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100765 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
766 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
767 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200768 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
769 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
770 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
771 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100772 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
773 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
774 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100775 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
776 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
777 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200778 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
779 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
780 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400781 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200782 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
783 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100784 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
785 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
786 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
787 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200788 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
789 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
790 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530791 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
792 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
793 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200794 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
795 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
796 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200797 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
798 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530799 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
800 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
801 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200802 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
803 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
804 * monitor injection).
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530805 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
806 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
807 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
808 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
809 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200810 *
811 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
812 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800813 */
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200814enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200815 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200816 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
817 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
818 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
819 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
820 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
821 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
822 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
823 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
824 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
825 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
826 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
827 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600828 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200829 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200830 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200831 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100832 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200833 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100834 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100835 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200836 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400837 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200838 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100839 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200840 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530841 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200842 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530843 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200844 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530845 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200846};
847
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200848#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
849
Thomas Pedersen1821f8b2020-09-21 19:28:12 -0700850#define IEEE80211_TX_RC_S1G_MCS IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS
851
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200852/**
853 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
854 *
855 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
856 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530857 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
858 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100859 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100860 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200861 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700862 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200863 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
864 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
865 * it can be sent out.
Mathy Vanhoefe02281e2020-07-23 14:01:49 +0400866 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO: Do not overwrite the sequence number that
867 * has already been assigned to this frame.
Mathy Vanhoef30df8132020-11-04 10:18:19 +0400868 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER: This frame should not be reordered
869 * relative to other frames that have this flag set, independent
870 * of their QoS TID or other priority field values.
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200871 *
872 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
873 */
874enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
875 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530876 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100877 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100878 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200879 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700880 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5),
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200881 IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(6),
Mathy Vanhoefe02281e2020-07-23 14:01:49 +0400882 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO = BIT(7),
Mathy Vanhoef30df8132020-11-04 10:18:19 +0400883 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER = BIT(8),
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200884};
885
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200886/*
887 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
888 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
889 */
890#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
891 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
892 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
893 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
894 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100895 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200896 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200897 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200898
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530899/**
900 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
901 * Rate Control algorithm.
902 *
903 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
904 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
905 *
906 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
907 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
908 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
909 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
910 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100911 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
912 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530913 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
914 * Greenfield mode.
915 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100916 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
917 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
918 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530919 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
920 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
921 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
922 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
923 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200924enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
925 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
926 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
927 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
928
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100929 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200930 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
931 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
932 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
933 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
934 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100935 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
936 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
937 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800938};
939
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200940
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200941/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
942#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200943
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200944/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
945#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
946
947/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200948#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200949
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200950/* maximum number of rate table entries */
951#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
952
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200953/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200954 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200955 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200956 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
957 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200958 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200959 *
960 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
961 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
962 *
963 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
964 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200965 *
966 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
967 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
968 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
969 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300970 * information::
971 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200972 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300973 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200974 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
975 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
976 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
977 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300978 * information should then contain::
979 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200980 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300981 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200982 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
983 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200984 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200985struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
986 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100987 u16 count:5,
988 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000989} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200990
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100991#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
992
993static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
994 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
995{
996 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200997 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
998 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100999}
1000
1001static inline u8
1002ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
1003{
1004 return rate->idx & 0xF;
1005}
1006
1007static inline u8
1008ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
1009{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +02001010 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +01001011}
1012
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001013/**
1014 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +02001015 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001016 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
1017 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
1018 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
1019 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
1020 *
1021 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001022 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001023 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +01001024 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen6912dae2019-10-23 11:59:00 +02001025 * @tx_time_est: TX time estimate in units of 4us, used internally
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001026 * @control: union part for control data
1027 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
1028 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
1029 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
1030 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
1031 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
1032 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
1033 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
1034 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
1035 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
1036 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
1037 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
1038 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
1039 * @pad: padding
1040 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
1041 * @status: union part for status data
1042 * @status.rates: attempted rates
1043 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
1044 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
1045 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
1046 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
Felix Fietkauc74114d2020-09-08 14:36:55 +02001047 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission; note this is only
1048 * used for WMM AC, not for airtime fairness
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001049 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
1050 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
1051 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
1052 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07001053 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001054 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -07001055 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001056 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -07001057 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001058 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +02001059 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001060struct ieee80211_tx_info {
1061 /* common information */
1062 u32 flags;
Johannes Bergf2b18ba2020-01-15 12:25:50 +01001063 u32 band:3,
1064 ack_frame_id:13,
1065 hw_queue:4,
1066 tx_time_est:10;
1067 /* 2 free bits */
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001068
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001069 union {
1070 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001071 union {
1072 /* rate control */
1073 struct {
1074 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1075 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1076 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001077 u8 use_rts:1;
1078 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001079 u8 short_preamble:1;
1080 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001081 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001082 };
1083 /* only needed before rate control */
1084 unsigned long jiffies;
1085 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +02001086 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001087 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001088 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +02001089 u32 flags;
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001090 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001091 } control;
1092 struct {
Johannes Berg3b79af92015-06-01 23:14:59 +02001093 u64 cookie;
1094 } ack;
1095 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001096 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Eliad Pellera0f995a2014-03-13 14:30:47 +02001097 s32 ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001098 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001099 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +02001100 u8 antenna;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001101 u16 tx_time;
Venkateswara Naralasettya78b26f2018-02-13 11:04:46 +05301102 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001103 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001104 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001105 struct {
1106 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1107 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001108 u8 pad[4];
1109
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001110 void *rate_driver_data[
1111 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1112 };
1113 void *driver_data[
1114 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001115 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001116};
1117
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen7a892332019-11-18 22:06:10 -08001118static inline u16
1119ieee80211_info_set_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, u16 tx_time_est)
1120{
1121 /* We only have 10 bits in tx_time_est, so store airtime
1122 * in increments of 4us and clamp the maximum to 2**12-1
1123 */
1124 info->tx_time_est = min_t(u16, tx_time_est, 4095) >> 2;
1125 return info->tx_time_est << 2;
1126}
1127
1128static inline u16
1129ieee80211_info_get_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1130{
1131 return info->tx_time_est << 2;
1132}
1133
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03001134/**
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13001135 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx status info for rate control
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001136 *
1137 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1138 * @info: Basic tx status information
1139 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001140 * @rate: The TX rate that was used when sending the packet
Felix Fietkauf02dff92020-09-08 14:37:00 +02001141 * @free_list: list where processed skbs are stored to be free'd by the driver
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001142 */
1143struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1144 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1145 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1146 struct sk_buff *skb;
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001147 struct rate_info *rate;
Felix Fietkauf02dff92020-09-08 14:37:00 +02001148 struct list_head *free_list;
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001149};
1150
1151/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001152 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1153 *
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02001154 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1155 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1156 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001157 *
1158 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1159 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1160 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1161 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1162 */
1163struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001164 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1165 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001166 const u8 *common_ies;
1167 size_t common_ie_len;
1168};
1169
1170
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001171static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1172{
1173 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1174}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001175
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001176static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1177{
1178 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1179}
1180
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001181/**
1182 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1183 *
1184 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1185 *
1186 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1187 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1188 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1189 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1190 *
1191 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1192 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1193 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1194 */
1195static inline void
1196ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1197{
1198 int i;
1199
1200 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1201 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1202 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1203 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1204 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1205 /* clear the rate counts */
1206 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1207 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1208
1209 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001210 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001211 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1212 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1213 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1214}
1215
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001216
1217/**
1218 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1219 *
1220 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1221 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1222 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1223 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001224 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1225 * verification has been done by the hardware.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001226 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001227 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1228 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg981d94a2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02001229 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1230 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1231 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1232 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
Luis de Bethencourt84ea3a182016-03-18 16:09:29 +00001233 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1234 * de-duplication by itself.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -04001235 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1236 * the frame.
1237 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1238 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001239 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01001240 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1241 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1242 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001243 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1244 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1245 * (including FCS) was received.
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001246 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1247 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01001248 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1249 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001250 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1251 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1252 * each A-MPDU
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001253 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1254 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1255 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1256 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1257 * on this subframe
1258 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1259 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Sara Sharonf980ebc2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02001260 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1261 * done by the hardware
Grzegorz Bajorski17883042015-12-11 14:39:46 +01001262 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1263 * processing it in any regular way.
1264 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1265 * them for sniffing purposes.
1266 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1267 * monitor interfaces.
1268 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1269 * them for sniffing purposes.
Michal Kazior0cfcefe2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02001270 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1271 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1272 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1273 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1274 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1275 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1276 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1277 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1278 * interleaved with other frames.
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001279 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1280 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1281 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
Sara Sharonf631a772016-05-03 15:59:44 +03001282 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1283 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1284 * the first subframe.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001285 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1286 * be done in the hardware.
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001287 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1288 * frame
1289 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001290 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1291 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001292 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001293 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1294 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1295 * - DATA3_CODING
1296 * - DATA5_GI
1297 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1298 * - DATA6_NSTS
1299 * - DATA3_STBC
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001300 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001301 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1302 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1303 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001304 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001305 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1306 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1307 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1308 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01001309 * @RX_FLAG_8023: the frame has an 802.3 header (decap offload performed by
1310 * hardware or driver)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001311 */
1312enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001313 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1314 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001315 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001316 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1317 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1318 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1319 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001320 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001321 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1322 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1323 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1324 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1325 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1326 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1327 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1328 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1329 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1330 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1331 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1332 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1333 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1334 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1335 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1336 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001337 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1338 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001339 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1340 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001341 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001342 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01001343 RX_FLAG_8023 = BIT(30),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001344};
1345
1346/**
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001347 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001348 *
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001349 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001350 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1351 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1352 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1353 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001354 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001355 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1356 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001357 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001358 */
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001359enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1360 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001361 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1362 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1363 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1364 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1365 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001366};
1367
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001368#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1369
1370enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1371 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1372 RX_ENC_HT,
1373 RX_ENC_VHT,
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001374 RX_ENC_HE,
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001375};
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001376
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001377/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001378 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1379 *
1380 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1381 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001382 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001383 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09001384 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1385 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001386 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1387 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001388 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1389 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001390 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001391 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Johannes Berg4352a4d2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02001392 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1393 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001394 * @freq_offset: @freq has a positive offset of 500Khz.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001395 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1396 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1397 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001398 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1399 * values were filled.
1400 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1401 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001402 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +02001403 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +01001404 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001405 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001406 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001407 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1408 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001409 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001410 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1411 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1412 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02001413 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001414 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1415 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1416 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001417 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001418 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001419struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1420 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001421 u64 boottime_ns;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001422 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001423 u32 ampdu_reference;
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001424 u32 flag;
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001425 u16 freq: 13, freq_offset: 1;
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001426 u8 enc_flags;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001427 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1428 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001429 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001430 u8 nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001431 u8 rx_flags;
1432 u8 band;
1433 u8 antenna;
1434 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001435 u8 chains;
1436 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001437 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001438 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001439};
1440
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001441static inline u32
1442ieee80211_rx_status_to_khz(struct ieee80211_rx_status *rx_status)
1443{
1444 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(rx_status->freq) +
1445 (rx_status->freq_offset ? 500 : 0);
1446}
1447
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001448/**
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001449 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1450 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1451 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1452 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1453 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1454 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1455 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1456 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1457 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1458 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1459 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1460 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1461 * @data field.
1462 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1463 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1464 * length
1465 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1466 *
1467 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1468 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1469 * data.
1470 */
1471struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1472 u32 present;
1473 u8 align;
1474 u8 oui[3];
1475 u8 subns;
1476 u8 pad;
1477 u16 len;
1478 u8 data[];
1479} __packed;
1480
1481/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001482 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1483 *
1484 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1485 *
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001486 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1487 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1488 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001489 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1490 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1491 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1492 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1493 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1494 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1495 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001496 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1497 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1498 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1499 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1500 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001501 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1502 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001503 */
1504enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001505 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +02001506 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001507 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001508 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001509};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001510
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02001511
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001512/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001513 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1514 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001515 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001516 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001517 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001518 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +01001519 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001520 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001521 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001522 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001523 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1524 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001525 */
1526enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001527 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001528 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001529 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001530 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001531 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1532 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1533 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001534 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001535};
1536
1537/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001538 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1539 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02001540 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1541 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1542 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1543 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1544 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001545 */
1546enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1547 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1548 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1549 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1550 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1551
1552 /* keep last */
1553 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1554};
1555
1556/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001557 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1558 *
1559 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1560 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001561 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1562 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001563 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001564 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1565 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1566 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001567 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1568 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1569 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1570 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001571 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1572 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001573 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001574 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001575 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001576 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001577 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001578 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1579 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001580 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001581 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1582 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001583 *
1584 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1585 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001586 * configured for an HT channel.
1587 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1588 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001589 */
1590struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001591 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001592 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001593
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001594 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001595 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001596
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001597 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1598
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001599 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001600 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001601 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001602};
1603
1604/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001605 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1606 *
1607 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1608 * operation.
1609 *
1610 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1611 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1612 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1613 * the driver passed into mac80211.
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001614 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1615 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001616 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1617 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001618 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001619 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001620 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
1621 * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
1622 * channel, expressed in TU.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001623 */
1624struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1625 u64 timestamp;
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001626 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001627 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001628 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001629 u8 count;
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001630 u32 delay;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001631};
1632
1633/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001634 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1635 *
1636 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1637 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001638 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1639 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1640 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1641 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001642 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1643 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1644 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1645 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001646 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1647 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1648 * this is not pure P2P vif.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001649 */
1650enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1651 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001652 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001653 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001654 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001655};
1656
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001657
1658/**
1659 * enum ieee80211_offload_flags - virtual interface offload flags
1660 *
1661 * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED: tx encapsulation offload is enabled
1662 * The driver supports sending frames passed as 802.3 frames by mac80211.
1663 * It must also support sending 802.11 packets for the same interface.
1664 * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR: support 4-address mode encapsulation offload
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01001665 * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED: rx encapsulation offload is enabled
1666 * The driver supports passing received 802.11 frames as 802.3 frames to
1667 * mac80211.
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001668 */
1669
1670enum ieee80211_offload_flags {
1671 IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED = BIT(0),
1672 IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR = BIT(1),
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01001673 IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001674};
1675
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001676/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001677 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1678 *
1679 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1680 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1681 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001682 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001683 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1684 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001685 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001686 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1687 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Michal Kazior59af6922014-04-09 15:10:59 +02001688 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1689 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1690 * for read access.
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001691 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001692 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1693 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1694 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1695 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001696 * @offloaad_flags: hardware offload capabilities/flags for this interface.
1697 * These are initialized by mac80211 before calling .add_interface,
1698 * .change_interface or .update_vif_offload and updated by the driver
1699 * within these ops, based on supported features or runtime change
1700 * restrictions.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001701 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1702 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001703 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1704 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1705 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1706 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1707 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001708 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001709 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001710 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001711 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1712 * interface.
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03001713 * @rx_mcast_action_reg: multicast Action frames should be reported to mac80211
1714 * for this interface.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001715 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001716 * sizeof(void \*).
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001717 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301718 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1719 * protected by fq->lock.
Johannes Berg7fba53e2020-09-18 13:21:16 +02001720 * @offload_flags: 802.3 -> 802.11 enapsulation offload flags, see
1721 * &enum ieee80211_offload_flags.
John Crispin5f9404a2021-07-02 19:44:08 +02001722 * @color_change_active: marks whether a color change is ongoing. Internally it is
1723 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1724 * for read access.
1725 * @color_change_color: the bss color that will be used after the change.
John Crispin17196422021-09-15 19:54:35 -07001726 * @mbssid_tx_vif: Pointer to the transmitting interface if MBSSID is enabled.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001727 */
1728struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001729 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001730 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Michael Brauna3e2f4b2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02001731 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001732 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001733 bool csa_active;
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001734 bool mu_mimo_owner;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001735
1736 u8 cab_queue;
1737 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1738
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001739 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1740
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001741 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1742
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001743 u32 driver_flags;
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001744 u32 offload_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001745
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001746#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1747 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1748#endif
1749
Johannes Berg6cd536f2020-04-17 12:43:01 +02001750 bool probe_req_reg;
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03001751 bool rx_mcast_action_reg;
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001752
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301753 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1754
John Crispin5f9404a2021-07-02 19:44:08 +02001755 bool color_change_active;
1756 u8 color_change_color;
1757
John Crispin17196422021-09-15 19:54:35 -07001758 struct ieee80211_vif *mbssid_tx_vif;
1759
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001760 /* must be last */
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05001761 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001762};
1763
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001764static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1765{
1766#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001767 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001768#endif
1769 return false;
1770}
1771
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001772/**
Johannes Bergad7e7182013-11-13 13:37:47 +01001773 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1774 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1775 *
1776 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1777 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1778 *
1779 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1780 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1781 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1782 */
1783struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1784
1785/**
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001786 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1787 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1788 *
1789 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1790 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
Emmanuel Grumbachf30386a2021-04-09 12:40:19 +03001791 * This can also be useful to get the netdev associated to a vif.
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001792 */
1793struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1794
1795/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001796 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1797 *
1798 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1799 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1800 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001801 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1802 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001803 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1804 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001805 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1806 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1807 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001808 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1809 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001810 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001811 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1812 * (MFP) to be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001813 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001814 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001815 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001816 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1817 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1818 * MIC.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001819 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1820 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1821 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1822 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1823 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1824 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1825 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001826 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001827 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13001828 * only for management frames (MFP).
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001829 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1830 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1831 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001832 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1833 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1834 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001835 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
Lorenzo Bianconia0b44962019-07-16 00:09:19 +02001836 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE: This flag should be set by the driver
1837 * for a AES_CMAC key to indicate that it requires sequence number
1838 * generation only
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001839 */
1840enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001841 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1842 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1843 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1844 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1845 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1846 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1847 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001848 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001849 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001850 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9),
Lorenzo Bianconia0b44962019-07-16 00:09:19 +02001851 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE = BIT(10),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001852};
1853
1854/**
1855 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1856 *
1857 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1858 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1859 *
1860 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1861 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001862 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001863 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001864 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1865 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001866 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1867 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1868 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001869 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1870 * data block:
1871 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1872 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1873 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001874 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1875 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001876 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001877struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Bergdb388a52015-06-01 15:36:51 +02001878 atomic64_t tx_pn;
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001879 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001880 u8 icv_len;
1881 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001882 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001883 s8 keyidx;
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001884 u16 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001885 u8 keylen;
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05001886 u8 key[];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001887};
1888
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001889#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1890
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001891#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1892#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1893
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001894/**
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001895 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1896 *
1897 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1898 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1899 * reverse order than in packet)
1900 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1901 * reverse order than in packet)
1902 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1903 * reverse order than in packet)
1904 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1905 * reverse order than in packet)
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001906 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001907 */
1908struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1909 union {
1910 struct {
1911 u32 iv32;
1912 u16 iv16;
1913 } tkip;
1914 struct {
1915 u8 pn[6];
1916 } ccmp;
1917 struct {
1918 u8 pn[6];
1919 } aes_cmac;
1920 struct {
1921 u8 pn[6];
1922 } aes_gmac;
1923 struct {
1924 u8 pn[6];
1925 } gcmp;
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001926 struct {
1927 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1928 u8 seq_len;
1929 } hw;
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001930 };
1931};
1932
1933/**
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02001934 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1935 *
1936 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1937 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1938 *
1939 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1940 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1941 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1942 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1943 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1944 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1945 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1946 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1947 * key_idx value calculation:
1948 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1949 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1950 */
1951struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1952 u32 cipher;
1953 u16 iftype;
1954 u8 hdr_len;
1955 u8 pn_len;
1956 u8 pn_off;
1957 u8 key_idx_off;
1958 u8 key_idx_mask;
1959 u8 key_idx_shift;
1960 u8 mic_len;
1961};
1962
1963/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001964 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1965 *
1966 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1967 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1968 *
1969 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1970 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1971 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001972enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001973 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001974};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001975
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001976/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001977 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1978 *
1979 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1980 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1981 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1982 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1983 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1984 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1985 */
1986enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1987 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1988 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1989 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1990 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1991 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1992 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1993};
1994
1995/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001996 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1997 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1998 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1999 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
2000 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
2001 * (including 80+80 MHz)
2002 *
2003 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
2004 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
2005 */
2006enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
2007 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
2008 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
2009 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
2010 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
2011};
2012
2013/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002014 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
2015 *
2016 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04002017 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002018 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
2019 */
2020struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
2021 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2022 struct {
2023 s8 idx;
2024 u8 count;
2025 u8 count_cts;
2026 u8 count_rts;
2027 u16 flags;
2028 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
2029};
2030
2031/**
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05302032 * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
2033 *
2034 * Used to configure txpower for station.
2035 *
2036 * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
2037 * to the STA.
2038 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
2039 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
2040 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
2041 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
2042 * per peer TPC.
2043 */
2044struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
2045 s16 power;
2046 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
2047};
2048
2049/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002050 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
2051 *
2052 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
2053 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
2054 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
2055 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
2056 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01002057 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002058 *
2059 * @addr: MAC address
2060 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02002061 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01002062 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
2063 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002064 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
Johannes Berg1bb9a8a2020-05-28 21:34:38 +02002065 * @he_6ghz_capa: on 6 GHz, holds the HE 6 GHz band capabilities
Maxim Altshul480dd462016-08-22 17:14:04 +03002066 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
2067 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
2068 * Can be modified by driver.
Johannes Berg527871d2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01002069 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
2070 * otherwise always false)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002071 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002072 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03002073 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
Emmanuel Grumbachf438ceb2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03002074 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
2075 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03002076 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01002077 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01002078 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
2079 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
2080 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
2081 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01002082 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04002083 * @rates: rate control selection table
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03002084 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03002085 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
2086 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05302087 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002088 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
2089 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
2090 * unlimited.
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02002091 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002092 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03002093 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
Qiujun Huang07e97332020-03-12 22:44:24 +08002094 * @txpwr: the station tx power configuration
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002095 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
2096 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002097 */
2098struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02002099 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002100 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
2101 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02002102 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00002103 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002104 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
Johannes Berg1bb9a8a2020-05-28 21:34:38 +02002105 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002106 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03002107 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03002108 u8 uapsd_queues;
2109 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01002110 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01002111 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01002112 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002113 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03002114 bool tdls;
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03002115 bool tdls_initiator;
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05302116 bool mfp;
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002117 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01002118
2119 /**
2120 * @max_amsdu_len:
2121 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
2122 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
2123 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
2124 *
2125 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
2126 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13002127 * * If the skb is not part of a BA agreement, the A-MSDU maximal
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01002128 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
2129 *
2130 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
2131 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
2132 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
2133 */
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002134 u16 max_amsdu_len;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02002135 bool support_p2p_ps;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002136 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03002137 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05302138 struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002139
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002140 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002141
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002142 /* must be last */
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05002143 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002144};
2145
2146/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002147 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
2148 *
2149 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05302150 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002151 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002152 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
2153 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
2154 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01002155enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002156 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
2157};
2158
2159/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02002160 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
2161 *
2162 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
2163 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
2164 */
2165struct ieee80211_tx_control {
2166 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2167};
2168
2169/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002170 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2171 *
2172 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2173 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002174 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2175 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002176 * @ac: the AC for this queue
Johannes Bergf8bdbb52015-05-20 15:04:53 +02002177 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002178 *
2179 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2180 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2181 */
2182struct ieee80211_txq {
2183 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2184 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2185 u8 tid;
2186 u8 ac;
2187
2188 /* must be last */
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05002189 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002190};
2191
2192/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002193 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2194 *
2195 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2196 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2197 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2198 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2199 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2200 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01002201 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2202 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2203 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2204 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2205 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2206 * algorithm.
2207 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2208 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2209 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2210 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2211 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2212 * CCK frames.
2213 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002214 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2215 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2216 * the FCS at the end.
2217 *
2218 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2219 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2220 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2221 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2222 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2223 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07002224 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002225 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002226 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2227 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2228 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2229 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2230 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002231 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2232 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2233 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2234 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2235 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03002236 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2237 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2238 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05302239 *
2240 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2241 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02002242 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002243 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2244 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2245 *
2246 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2247 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2248 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2249 *
2250 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2251 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02002252 *
2253 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2254 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002255 *
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05302256 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2257 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2258 * the stack.
2259 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02002260 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002261 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2262 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02002263 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02002264 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2265 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2266 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02002267 *
2268 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2269 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2270 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2271 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2272 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2273 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002274 *
2275 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2276 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2277 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2278 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2279 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2280 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03002281 *
2282 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2283 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2284 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02002285 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02002286 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2287 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2288 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002289 *
Ben Greeare27513f2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07002290 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2291 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2292 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2293 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002294 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2295 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2296 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2297 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2298 * supported cipher suites.
2299 *
Johannes Berg17c18bf2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01002300 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2301 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2302 * for frames.
2303 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002304 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2305 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2306 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2307 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002308 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002309 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2310 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2311 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002312 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2313 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2314 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01002315 *
2316 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2317 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002318 *
Johannes Berg919be622013-10-14 10:05:16 +02002319 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2320 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2321 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2322 *
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002323 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2324 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2325 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2326 * CSA frame.
Luciano Coelho5d52ee82014-02-27 14:33:47 +02002327 *
Ido Yarivc70f59a2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03002328 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2329 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2330 *
Johannes Bergc526a462015-06-02 20:32:00 +02002331 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002332 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002333 *
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002334 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2335 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2336 *
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002337 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2338 * within A-MPDU.
2339 *
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002340 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2341 * for sent beacons.
2342 *
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002343 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2344 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2345 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2346 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2347 *
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002348 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2349 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2350 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2351 * timeout.
2352 *
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002353 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2354 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2355 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002356 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2357 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2358 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2359 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2360 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2361 *
2362 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2363 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2364 *
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302365 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2366 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2367 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2368 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2369 *
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002370 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2371 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2372 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2373 *
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002374 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2375 * TDLS links.
2376 *
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002377 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2378 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2379 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2380 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2381 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2382 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2383 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
Randy Dunlapd1361b32018-04-26 18:17:31 -07002384 *
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002385 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2386 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002387 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002388 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2389 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2390 *
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002391 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2392 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2393 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2394 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2395 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2396 *
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002397 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2398 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2399 * TXQs to start with.
2400 *
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002401 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2402 * length in tx status information
2403 *
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002404 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2405 *
2406 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2407 * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
2408 *
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002409 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only
2410 * aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx
2411 * A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID.
2412 *
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02002413 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports tx encapsulation
2414 * offload
2415 *
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01002416 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports rx decapsulation
2417 * offload
2418 *
Sriram R55f82052021-03-30 07:05:16 +05302419 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP: Hardware supports concurrent rx
2420 * decapsulation offload and passing raw 802.11 frames for monitor iface.
2421 * If this is supported, the driver must pass both 802.3 frames for real
2422 * usage and 802.11 frames with %RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR set for monitor to
2423 * the stack.
2424 *
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002425 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002426 */
2427enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002428 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2429 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2430 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2431 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2432 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2433 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2434 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2435 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2436 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2437 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2438 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2439 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2440 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2441 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2442 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2443 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2444 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2445 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2446 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2447 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2448 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2449 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2450 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2451 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2452 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2453 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2454 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2455 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2456 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002457 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002458 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002459 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002460 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002461 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002462 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002463 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2464 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302465 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002466 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002467 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002468 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002469 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002470 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002471 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002472 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002473 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002474 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
2475 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002476 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT,
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02002477 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD,
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01002478 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD,
Sriram R55f82052021-03-30 07:05:16 +05302479 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP,
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002480
2481 /* keep last, obviously */
2482 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002483};
2484
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002485/**
2486 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002487 *
2488 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2489 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2490 *
2491 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2492 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2493 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002494 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2495 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002496 *
2497 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2498 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002499 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2500 * along with this structure.
2501 *
2502 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2503 *
2504 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2505 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2506 *
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002507 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2508 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002509 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002510 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002511 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002512 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002513 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002514 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002515 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002516 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02002517 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2518 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2519 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002520 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2521 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2522 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002523 *
2524 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2525 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002526 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2527 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002528 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2529 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002530 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2531 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002532 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002533 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2534 * can handle.
2535 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2536 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002537 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002538 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02002539 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2540 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2541 * aggregation.
2542 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2543 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2544 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01002545 *
2546 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002547 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2548 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2549 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2550 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2551 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002552 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002553 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2554 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2555 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002556 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2557 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002558 *
2559 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2560 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002561 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002562 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002563 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002564 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2565 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002566 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002567 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002568 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2569 *
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002570 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002571 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002572 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002573 * device_timestamp.
2574 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2575 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2576 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2577 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2578 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002579 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002580 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
Johannes Berg680a0da2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02002581 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2582 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002583 *
2584 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2585 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2586 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2587 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2588 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2589 * neither enabled.
2590 *
2591 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2592 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2593 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002594 *
2595 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2596 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2597 * supported by HW.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002598 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2599 * device.
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002600 *
2601 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2602 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2603 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002604 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensencb868802019-01-29 11:31:26 +01002605 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002606 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
Wen Gong06354662019-09-06 10:48:57 +08002607 *
2608 * @max_mtu: the max mtu could be set.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002609 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002610struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002611 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002612 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002613 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002614 void *priv;
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002615 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002616 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002617 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002618 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002619 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002620 int chanctx_data_size;
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002621 int txq_data_size;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002622 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002623 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002624 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002625 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002626 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002627 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002628 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2629 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002630 u8 max_tx_fragments;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002631 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002632 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002633 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002634 struct {
2635 int units_pos;
2636 s16 accuracy;
2637 } radiotap_timestamp;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002638 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002639 u8 uapsd_queues;
2640 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002641 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2642 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002643 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002644 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002645 u8 weight_multiplier;
Wen Gong06354662019-09-06 10:48:57 +08002646 u32 max_mtu;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002647};
2648
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002649static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2650 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2651{
2652 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2653}
2654#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2655
2656static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2657 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2658{
2659 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2660}
2661#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2662
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002663/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002664 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2665 *
2666 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2667 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2668 */
2669struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2670 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2671
2672 /* Keep last */
2673 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2674};
2675
2676/**
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02002677 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2678 *
2679 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2680 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2681 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2682 * @status: channel-switch response status
2683 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2684 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2685 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2686 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2687 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2688 */
2689struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2690 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2691 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2692 u8 action_code;
2693 u32 status;
2694 u32 timestamp;
2695 u16 switch_time;
2696 u16 switch_timeout;
2697 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2698 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2699};
2700
2701/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002702 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2703 *
2704 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2705 *
2706 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2707 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2708 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2709 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2710 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002711 *
2712 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002713 */
2714struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2715
2716/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002717 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2718 *
2719 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2720 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2721 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002722static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2723{
2724 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2725}
2726
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002727/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002728 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002729 *
2730 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2731 * @addr: the address to set
2732 */
Bjorn Andersson538dc902015-12-24 00:33:26 -08002733static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002734{
2735 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2736}
2737
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002738static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2739ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002740 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002741{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05002742 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002743 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002744 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002745}
2746
2747static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2748ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002749 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002750{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002751 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002752 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002753 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002754}
2755
2756static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2757ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002758 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002759{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002760 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002761 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002762 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002763}
2764
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002765/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002766 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2767 * @hw: the hardware
2768 * @skb: the skb
2769 *
Joe Perches3f2aef12019-10-24 11:32:12 -07002770 * Free a transmit skb. Use this function when some failure
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002771 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2772 */
2773void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2774
2775/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002776 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002777 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002778 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2779 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2780 *
2781 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2782 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002783 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2784 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2785 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002786 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2787 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2788 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002789 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2790 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2791 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2792 *
2793 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2794 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2795 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2796 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2797 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002798 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2799 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2800 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2801 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2802 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002803 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2804 *
2805 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2806 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2807 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2808 * based on the receive flags.
2809 *
2810 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2811 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2812 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2813 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002814 *
2815 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2816 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2817 * handler.
2818 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03002819 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002820 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2821 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002822 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002823 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002824 *
2825 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2826 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2827 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002828 *
2829 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
Randy Dunlap66b239d2020-07-15 09:43:24 -07002830 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to the following
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002831 * requirements:
Alexander Wetzel33092ac2021-09-24 22:05:14 +02002832 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to mac80211
2833 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been completed,
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002834 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2835 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2836 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
Alexander Wetzel33092ac2021-09-24 22:05:14 +02002837 encrypted with the new key when also needing
2838 @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV and
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002839 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2840 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002841 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002842
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002843/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002844 * DOC: Powersave support
2845 *
2846 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2847 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002848 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2849 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2850 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2851 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2852 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2853 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2854 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2855 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002856 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002857 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2858 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2859 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002860 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2861 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002862 *
2863 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2864 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2865 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002866 *
2867 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2868 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2869 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2870 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002871 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2872 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002873 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002874 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002875 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2876 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2877 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2878 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2879 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2880 * periods.
2881 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002882 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002883 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2884 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2885 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2886 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2887 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2888 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2889 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2890 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2891 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2892 *
2893 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01002894 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002895 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002896 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2897 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2898 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2899 *
2900 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2901 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002902 */
2903
2904/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002905 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2906 *
2907 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08002908 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002909 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2910 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2911 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2912 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2913 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2914 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01002915 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2916 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002917 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2918 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2919 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2920 *
2921 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2922 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2923 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2924 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2925 *
2926 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2927 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2928 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2929 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002930 *
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002931 * - a list of information element IDs
2932 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2933 *
2934 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2935 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2936 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2937 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2938 * vendor information elements.
2939 *
2940 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2941 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2942 *
2943 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2944 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2945 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2946 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2947 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2948 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2949 *
2950 *
2951 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2952 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2953 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2954 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2955 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2956 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2957 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2958 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2959 *
2960 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2961 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2962 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002963 */
2964
2965/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01002966 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2967 *
2968 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2969 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2970 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2971 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2972 *
2973 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2974 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2975 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2976 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2977 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2978 * hardware flags.
2979 *
2980 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2981 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2982 * turned off otherwise.
2983 *
2984 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2985 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2986 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2987 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2988 */
2989
2990/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002991 * DOC: Frame filtering
2992 *
2993 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2994 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2995 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2996 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2997 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2998 *
2999 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
3000 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
3001 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
3002 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003003 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
3004 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
3005 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
3006 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
3007 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
3008 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
3009 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003010 *
3011 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
3012 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
3013 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
3014 * or dropped.
3015 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01003016 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
3017 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
3018 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
3019 * the flag, but not clear it.
3020 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
3021 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
3022 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
3023 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
3024 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
3025 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
3026 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
3027 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003028 */
3029
3030/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003031 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
3032 *
3033 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
3034 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
3035 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
3036 *
3037 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
3038 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
3039 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
3040 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
3041 * the driver code.
3042 *
3043 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
3044 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
3045 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
3046 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
3047 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
3048 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
3049 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
3050 *
3051 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
3052 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
3053 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
3054 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
3055 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
3056 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
3057 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
3058 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
3059 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
3060 * @sta_notify callback.
3061 *
3062 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
3063 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
3064 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
3065 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
3066 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
3067 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
3068 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003069 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003070 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
3071 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
3072 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
3073 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
3074 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
3075 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
3076 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003077 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
3078 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
3079 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003080 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
3081 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
3082 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
3083 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
3084 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
3085 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
3086 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
3087 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
3088 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
3089 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
3090 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
3091 *
3092 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
3093 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
3094 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
3095 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
3096 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
3097 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
3098 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
3099 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
3100 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
3101 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003102 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003103 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
3104 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
3105 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
3106 *
3107 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
3108 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
3109 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
3110 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
3111 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003112 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003113 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
3114 *
3115 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
3116 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
3117 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
3118 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003119 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Bergb77cf4f2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01003120 *
3121 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
3122 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
3123 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
3124 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003125 */
3126
3127/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02003128 * DOC: HW queue control
3129 *
3130 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
3131 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
3132 * was problematic for a few reasons:
3133 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
3134 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
3135 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
3136 *
3137 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
3138 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
3139 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
3140 *
3141 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
3142 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
3143 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
3144 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
3145 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
3146 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
3147 * the hardware queue.
3148 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
3149 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
3150 *
3151 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
3152 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
3153 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
3154 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
3155 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
3156 *
3157 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
3158 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
3159 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
3160 * off-channel queue: 9
3161 *
3162 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
3163 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
3164 *
3165 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
3166 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
3167 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
3168 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
3169 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
3170 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3171 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
3172 *
3173 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
3174 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
3175 *
3176 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3177 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
3178 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
3179 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
3180 */
3181
3182/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003183 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
3184 *
3185 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
3186 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
3187 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
3188 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
3189 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003190 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
3191 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
3192 * multicast address.
3193 *
3194 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
3195 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
3196 *
3197 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3198 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3199 *
3200 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3201 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3202 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3203 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3204 * honour this flag if possible.
3205 *
Johannes Bergdf140462015-04-22 14:40:58 +02003206 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3207 * station
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003208 *
3209 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003210 *
Jakub Kicinskic2d39552015-06-02 21:10:13 +02003211 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003212 *
3213 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03003214 *
3215 * @FIF_MCAST_ACTION: pass multicast Action frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003216 */
3217enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003218 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3219 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3220 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3221 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3222 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3223 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003224 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003225 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03003226 FIF_MCAST_ACTION = 1<<9,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003227};
3228
3229/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003230 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3231 *
3232 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3233 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003234 *
3235 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3236 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02003237 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003238 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3239 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003240 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3241 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003242 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation, the driver must either
Mordechay Goodstein0c197f12020-03-26 15:09:38 +02003243 * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() or
3244 * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() with status
3245 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA to delay addba after
3246 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe is called, or just return the special
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003247 * status %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE.
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003248 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003249 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3250 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3251 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3252 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3253 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3254 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3255 * session is gone and removes the station.
3256 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3257 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3258 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3259 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003260 */
3261enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3262 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3263 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003264 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003265 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3266 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3267 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003268 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003269};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003270
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003271#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE 1
Mordechay Goodstein0c197f12020-03-26 15:09:38 +02003272#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA 2
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003273
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003274/**
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003275 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3276 *
3277 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3278 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3279 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3280 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3281 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3282 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3283 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3284 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3285 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3286 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3287 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3288 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3289 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3290 */
3291struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3292 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3293 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3294 u16 tid;
3295 u16 ssn;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03003296 u16 buf_size;
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003297 bool amsdu;
3298 u16 timeout;
3299};
3300
3301/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003302 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3303 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003304 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3305 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003306 */
3307enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3308 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003309 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003310};
3311
3312/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003313 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3314 *
3315 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01003316 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3317 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3318 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003319 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003320 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3321 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3322 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003323 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3324 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003325 */
3326enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3327 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3328 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003329 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003330 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003331};
3332
3333/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003334 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3335 *
3336 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3337 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13003338 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vice versa).
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003339 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3340 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3341 *
3342 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3343 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13003344 * for sending management frames offchannel.
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003345 */
3346enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3347 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3348 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3349};
3350
3351/**
Mauro Carvalho Chehabb1e8eb12020-10-23 18:33:08 +02003352 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_type - reconfig type
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003353 *
3354 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3355 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3356 *
3357 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3358 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3359 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3360 * of wowlan configuration)
3361 */
3362enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3363 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3364 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3365};
3366
3367/**
Johannes Berg15fae342021-06-18 13:41:55 +03003368 * struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info - prepare TX information
3369 * @duration: if non-zero, hint about the required duration,
3370 * only used with the mgd_prepare_tx() method.
3371 * @subtype: frame subtype (auth, (re)assoc, deauth, disassoc)
3372 * @success: whether the frame exchange was successful, only
3373 * used with the mgd_complete_tx() method, and then only
3374 * valid for auth and (re)assoc.
3375 */
3376struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info {
3377 u16 duration;
3378 u16 subtype;
3379 u8 success:1;
3380};
3381
3382/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003383 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3384 *
3385 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3386 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3387 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3388 *
3389 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3390 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3391 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02003392 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003393 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003394 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003395 *
3396 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3397 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3398 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3399 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3400 * or zero.
3401 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3402 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3403 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003404 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003405 *
3406 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3407 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3408 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3409 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003410 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3411 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003412 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003413 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003414 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3415 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3416 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3417 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3418 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02003419 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3420 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3421 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3422 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003423 *
3424 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3425 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3426 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3427 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3428 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3429 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003430 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3431 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3432 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3433 * in suspend().
3434 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003435 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04003436 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003437 * and @stop must be implemented.
3438 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3439 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3440 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3441 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3442 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003443 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003444 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003445 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3446 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3447 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3448 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3449 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3450 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003451 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3452 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3453 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3454 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3455 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3456 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3457 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003458 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003459 *
3460 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3461 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003462 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003463 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003464 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003465 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3466 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3467 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3468 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3469 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003470 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3471 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003472 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003473 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3474 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3475 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3476 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003477 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3478 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003479 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003480 *
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003481 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3482 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3483 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3484 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3485 * which flags are changed.
3486 * This callback can sleep.
3487 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07003488 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003489 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003490 *
3491 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003492 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3493 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003494 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003495 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003496 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003497 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003498 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3499 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3500 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02003501 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003502 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003503 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3504 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3505 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3506 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3507 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3508 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003509 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3510 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3511 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3512 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003513 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003514 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02003515 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3516 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a54b2009-04-01 11:58:36 +02003517 * that power save is disabled.
3518 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3519 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3520 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3521 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3522 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3523 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3524 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Johannes Berge9da68d2018-10-18 10:35:47 +02003525 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3526 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3527 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3528 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3529 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003530 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003531 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003532 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3533 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3534 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3535 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3536 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3537 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3538 * The callback can sleep.
3539 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003540 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3541 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3542 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3543 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3544 *
3545 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003546 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003547 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003548 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3549 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003550 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3551 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3552 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003553 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003554 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3555 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3556 * this notification.
3557 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003558 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003559 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3560 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003561 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003562 *
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003563 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3564 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3565 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003566 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003567 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003568 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03003569 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3570 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3571 * should be set as well.
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003572 * The callback can sleep.
3573 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003574 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003575 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003576 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003577 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3578 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3579 *
3580 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003581 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3582 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3583 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3584 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3585 * This callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003586 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303587 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3588 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
Johannes Bergc7e9dbc2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02003589 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3590 * callback can sleep.
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303591 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003592 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003593 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3594 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3595 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01003596 *
Qiujun Huang07e97332020-03-12 22:44:24 +08003597 * @sta_set_txpwr: Configure the station tx power. This callback set the tx
3598 * power for the station.
3599 * This callback can sleep.
3600 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003601 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3602 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3603 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3604 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003605 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3606 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3607 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3608 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3609 * The callback can sleep.
3610 *
3611 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3612 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3613 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3614 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3615 * in @sta_state.
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003616 * The callback can sleep.
3617 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003618 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3619 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3620 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3621 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3622 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3623 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3624 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003625 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3626 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3627 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003628 *
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003629 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3630 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3631 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3632 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3633 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3634 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3635 * The callback can sleep.
3636 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003637 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02003638 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003639 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003640 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003641 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003642 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003643 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003644 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003645 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003646 *
3647 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02003648 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003649 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003650 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003651 *
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003652 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3653 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3654 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3655 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3656 * The callback can sleep.
3657 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003658 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3659 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3660 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3661 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003662 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003663 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003664 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3665 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3666 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003667 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003668 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02003669 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07003670 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3671 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003672 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3673 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3674 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003675 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003676 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003677 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3678 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003679 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3680 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3681 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003682 *
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003683 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3684 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003685 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01003686 *
3687 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003688 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3689 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3690 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3691 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003692 * Note that vif can be NULL.
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003693 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003694 *
3695 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3696 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3697 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3698 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003699 *
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09003700 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3701 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3702 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3703 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3704 *
3705 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003706 *
3707 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3708 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3709 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3710 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3711 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3712 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003713 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003714 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3715 * must be accepted in this case.
3716 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003717 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3718 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003719 *
3720 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3721 *
3722 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303723 *
3724 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3725 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303726 *
3727 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3728 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3729 * The callback can sleep.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003730 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3731 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +03003732 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003733 *
3734 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3735 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3736 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3737 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003738 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003739 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3740 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3741 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3742 * more-data bit must always be set.
3743 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3744 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +02003745 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3746 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3747 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3748 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3749 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3750 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003751 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3752 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3753 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003754 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3755 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003756 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003757 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003758 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003759 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3760 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3761 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003762 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003763 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3764 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3765 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3766 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003767 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003768 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003769 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3770 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3771 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003772 *
3773 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3774 *
3775 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3776 *
3777 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3778 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3779 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003780 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3781 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3782 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3783 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3784 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3785 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3786 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3787 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3788 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02003789 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3790 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3791 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003792 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3793 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
Johannes Berg15fae342021-06-18 13:41:55 +03003794 * Additional information is passed in the &struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info
3795 * data. If duration there is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the
3796 * driver the duration for which the operation is requested.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003797 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Johannes Berg15fae342021-06-18 13:41:55 +03003798 * @mgd_complete_tx: Notify the driver that the response frame for a previously
3799 * transmitted frame announced with @mgd_prepare_tx was received, the data
3800 * is filled similarly to @mgd_prepare_tx though the duration is not used.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003801 *
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003802 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3803 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3804 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3805 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3806 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3807 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3808 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3809 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3810 *
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003811 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303812 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003813 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303814 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003815 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3816 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3817 * channel context with different settings
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303818 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003819 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3820 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303821 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003822 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3823 * unbound from vif.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303824 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003825 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3826 * another, as specified in the list of
3827 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3828 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303829 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003830 *
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003831 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3832 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3833 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3834 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3835 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3836 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3837 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003838 *
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003839 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3840 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3841 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3842 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3843 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01003844 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003845 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3846 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3847 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003848 *
3849 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3850 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3851 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003852 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003853 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3854 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02003855 * 1 using ieee80211_beacon_counter_is_complete() after the beacon has been
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003856 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003857 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3858 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003859 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3860 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
Masahiro Yamada9332ef92017-02-27 14:28:47 -08003861 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003862 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003863 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3864 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3865 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02003866 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3867 * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
3868 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02003869 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
3870 * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
3871 * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003872 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3873 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3874 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3875 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02003876 *
3877 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3878 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3879 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003880 *
3881 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3882 * and hardware limits.
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003883 *
3884 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3885 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3886 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3887 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3888 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3889 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3890 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3891 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3892 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003893 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3894 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3895 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3896 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3897 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3898 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3899 * the function call.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003900 *
3901 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003902 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3903 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3904 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3905 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003906 *
3907 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3908 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003909 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3910 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3911 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3912 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3913 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3914 * changed parameters.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003915 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3916 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3917 * this call.
3918 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3919 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3920 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003921 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3922 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3923 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3924 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003925 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3926 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003927 *
3928 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3929 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
Tamizh chelvam370f51d2020-01-20 13:21:27 +05303930 * @set_tid_config: Apply TID specific configurations. This callback may sleep.
3931 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer.
3932 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg7fba53e2020-09-18 13:21:16 +02003933 * @update_vif_offload: Update virtual interface offload flags
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02003934 * This callback may sleep.
Felix Fietkau1ff4e8f2020-09-08 14:37:01 +02003935 * @sta_set_4addr: Called to notify the driver when a station starts/stops using
3936 * 4-address mode
Johannes Berg70b6ff32021-01-06 23:47:41 +01003937 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings.
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01003938 * @sta_set_decap_offload: Called to notify the driver when a station is allowed
3939 * to use rx decapsulation offload
Lorenzo Bianconif5a4c242021-08-23 20:02:39 +02003940 * @add_twt_setup: Update hw with TWT agreement parameters received from the peer.
3941 * This callback allows the hw to check if requested parameters
3942 * are supported and if there is enough room for a new agreement.
3943 * The hw is expected to set agreement result in the req_type field of
3944 * twt structure.
3945 * @twt_teardown_request: Update the hw with TWT teardown request received
3946 * from the peer.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003947 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003948struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02003949 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3950 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3951 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003952 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003953 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003954#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3955 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3956 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02003957 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003958#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003959 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003960 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003961 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3962 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02003963 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003964 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003965 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02003966 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003967 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3968 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3969 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3970 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02003971
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003972 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3973 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3974
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003975 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00003976 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003977 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3978 unsigned int changed_flags,
3979 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003980 u64 multicast);
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003981 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3982 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3983 unsigned int filter_flags,
3984 unsigned int changed_flags);
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003985 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3986 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04003987 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003988 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04003989 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003990 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01003991 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3992 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3993 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3994 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003995 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3996 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3997 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003998 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3999 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02004000 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02004001 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03004002 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4003 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03004004 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4005 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4006 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02004007 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01004008 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03004009 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004010 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4011 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4012 const u8 *mac_addr);
4013 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4014 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004015 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4016 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02004017 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4018 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
4019 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02004020 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004021 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01004022 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4023 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4024 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4025 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05304026#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
4027 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4028 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4029 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4030 struct dentry *dir);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05304031#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004032 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02004033 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05304034 int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4035 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4036 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01004037 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4038 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4039 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
4040 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01004041 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4042 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4043 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02004044 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4045 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4046 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4047 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01004048 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4049 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4050 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01004051 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4052 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4053 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4054 struct station_info *sinfo);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02004055 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02004056 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004057 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03004058 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4059 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4060 u64 tsf);
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07004061 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4062 s64 offset);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03004063 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004064 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01004065
4066 /**
4067 * @ampdu_action:
4068 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
4069 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
4070 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
4071 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
4072 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
4073 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
4074 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
4075 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
4076 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
4077 *
4078 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
4079 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
4080 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
4081 *
4082 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
4083 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
4084 *
4085 * - ``TX: 1 or``
4086 * - ``TX: 18 or``
4087 * - ``TX: 81``
4088 *
4089 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
4090 *
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02004091 * Returns a negative error code on failure. The driver may return
4092 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE for %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START
4093 * if the session can start immediately.
4094 *
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01004095 * The callback can sleep.
4096 */
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02004097 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01004098 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02004099 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02004100 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
4101 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02004102 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02004103 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02004104#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03004105 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4106 void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07004107 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
4108 struct netlink_callback *cb,
4109 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02004110#endif
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02004111 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4112 u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02004113 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho0f791eb42014-10-08 09:48:40 +03004114 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02004115 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09004116 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
4117 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01004118
4119 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02004120 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01004121 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02004122 int duration,
4123 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Emmanuel Grumbach5db4c4b2019-07-23 21:00:01 +03004124 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4125 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05004126 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
4127 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4128 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05304129 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05304130 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4131 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02004132 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4133 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4134 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02004135
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02004136 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4137 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4138 u16 tids, int num_frames,
4139 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
4140 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02004141 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4142 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4143 u16 tids, int num_frames,
4144 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
4145 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07004146
4147 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4148 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
4149 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4150 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4151 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
4152 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4153 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4154 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02004155
4156 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03004157 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg15fae342021-06-18 13:41:55 +03004158 struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info *info);
4159 void (*mgd_complete_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4160 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4161 struct ieee80211_prep_tx_info *info);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02004162
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03004163 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4164 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4165
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02004166 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4167 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4168 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4169 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4170 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4171 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
4172 u32 changed);
4173 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4174 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4175 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4176 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4177 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4178 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03004179 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4180 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
4181 int n_vifs,
4182 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01004183
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02004184 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4185 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01004186
4187#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
4188 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4189 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4190 struct inet6_dev *idev);
4191#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004192 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4193 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4194 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03004195 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4196 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4197 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02004198
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03004199 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4200 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02004201 void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4202 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02004203 void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4204 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4205 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03004206
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02004207 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4208 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Maxim Altshul2439ca02016-08-04 15:43:04 +03004209 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4210 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02004211 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4212 int *dbm);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004213
4214 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4215 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4216 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
4217 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004218 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004219 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4220 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4221 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004222 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4223 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4224 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01004225
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01004226 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4227 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02004228 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03004229
4230 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4231 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4232 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4233 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4234 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03004235 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4236 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4237 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03004238 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4239 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4240 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4241 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4242 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4243 u8 instance_id);
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03004244 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4245 struct sk_buff *head,
4246 struct sk_buff *skb);
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07004247 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4248 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4249 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02004250 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4251 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4252 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4253 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
Tamizh chelvam370f51d2020-01-20 13:21:27 +05304254 int (*set_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4255 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4256 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4257 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4258 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4259 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4260 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tids);
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02004261 void (*update_vif_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4262 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Felix Fietkau1ff4e8f2020-09-08 14:37:01 +02004263 void (*sta_set_4addr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4264 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled);
Carl Huangc534e092020-12-03 05:37:27 -05004265 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4266 const struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar);
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01004267 void (*sta_set_decap_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4268 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4269 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled);
Lorenzo Bianconif5a4c242021-08-23 20:02:39 +02004270 void (*add_twt_setup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4271 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4272 struct ieee80211_twt_setup *twt);
4273 void (*twt_teardown_request)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4274 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 flowid);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004275};
4276
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004277/**
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004278 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
4279 *
4280 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4281 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4282 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4283 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4284 * @priv_data_len.
4285 *
4286 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4287 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4288 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4289 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
4290 *
4291 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4292 */
4293struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4294 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4295 const char *requested_name);
4296
4297/**
4298 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004299 *
4300 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4301 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4302 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4303 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4304 * @priv_data_len.
4305 *
4306 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4307 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004308 *
4309 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004310 */
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004311static inline
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004312struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004313 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4314{
4315 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4316}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004317
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004318/**
4319 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4320 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01004321 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4322 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4323 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004324 *
4325 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004326 *
4327 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004328 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004329int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4330
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004331/**
4332 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4333 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4334 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4335 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4336 */
4337struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4338 int throughput;
4339 int blink_time;
4340};
4341
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004342/**
4343 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4344 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4345 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4346 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4347 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4348 */
4349enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4350 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4351 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4352 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4353};
4354
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004355#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004356const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4357const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4358const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4359const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4360const char *
4361__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4362 unsigned int flags,
4363 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4364 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004365#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004366/**
4367 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4368 *
4369 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4370 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4371 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4372 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4373 *
4374 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004375 *
4376 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004377 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004378static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004379{
4380#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4381 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4382#else
4383 return NULL;
4384#endif
4385}
4386
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004387/**
4388 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4389 *
4390 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4391 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4392 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4393 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4394 *
4395 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004396 *
4397 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004398 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004399static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004400{
4401#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4402 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4403#else
4404 return NULL;
4405#endif
4406}
4407
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004408/**
4409 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4410 *
4411 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4412 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4413 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4414 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4415 *
4416 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004417 *
4418 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004419 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004420static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004421{
4422#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4423 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4424#else
4425 return NULL;
4426#endif
4427}
4428
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004429/**
4430 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4431 *
4432 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4433 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4434 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4435 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4436 *
4437 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004438 *
4439 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004440 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004441static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004442{
4443#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4444 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4445#else
4446 return NULL;
4447#endif
4448}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004449
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004450/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004451 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4452 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004453 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004454 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4455 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4456 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004457 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4458 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4459 *
4460 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004461 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004462static inline const char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004463ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004464 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4465 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4466{
4467#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004468 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004469 blink_table_len);
4470#else
4471 return NULL;
4472#endif
4473}
4474
4475/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004476 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4477 *
4478 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4479 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4480 *
4481 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4482 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004483void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4484
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004485/**
4486 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4487 *
4488 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4489 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004490 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004491 *
4492 * @hw: the hardware to free
4493 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004494void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4495
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02004496/**
4497 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4498 *
4499 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4500 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4501 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4502 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4503 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4504 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4505 *
4506 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4507 */
4508void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4509
Johannes Berg06d181a2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01004510/**
Felix Fietkauc5d16862020-07-26 13:06:11 +02004511 * ieee80211_rx_list - receive frame and store processed skbs in a list
4512 *
4513 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4514 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4515 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4516 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4517 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4518 *
4519 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4520 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4521 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4522 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4523 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4524 *
4525 * This function must be called with BHs disabled and RCU read lock
4526 *
4527 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4528 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
4529 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4530 * @list: the destination list
4531 */
4532void ieee80211_rx_list(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4533 struct sk_buff *skb, struct list_head *list);
4534
4535/**
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004536 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004537 *
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004538 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4539 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4540 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4541 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4542 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4543 *
4544 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4545 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4546 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4547 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4548 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4549 *
4550 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4551 *
4552 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004553 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004554 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4555 * @napi: the NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004556 */
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004557void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4558 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004559
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004560/**
4561 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4562 *
4563 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b3f2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08004564 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4565 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4566 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4567 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004568 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004569 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004570 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4571 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004572 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4573 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004574 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004575 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02004576 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004577 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4578 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004579 */
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004580static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4581{
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004582 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004583}
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004584
4585/**
4586 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4587 *
4588 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004589 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4590 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004591 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004592 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4593 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004594 *
4595 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4596 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004597 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02004598void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004599
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004600/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004601 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4602 *
4603 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4604 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4605 *
4606 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004607 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4608 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004609 *
4610 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4611 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4612 */
4613static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4614 struct sk_buff *skb)
4615{
4616 local_bh_disable();
4617 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4618 local_bh_enable();
4619}
4620
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004621/**
4622 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4623 *
4624 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4625 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4626 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4627 *
4628 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4629 *
4630 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4631 * each other.
4632 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004633 * @sta: currently connected sta
4634 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004635 *
4636 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004637 */
4638int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4639
4640/**
4641 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4642 * (in process context)
4643 *
4644 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4645 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4646 * applies.
4647 *
4648 * @sta: currently connected sta
4649 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004650 *
4651 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004652 */
4653static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4654 bool start)
4655{
4656 int ret;
4657
4658 local_bh_disable();
4659 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4660 local_bh_enable();
4661
4662 return ret;
4663}
4664
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004665/**
4666 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4667 * @sta: currently connected station
4668 *
4669 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4670 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4671 * connected station was received.
4672 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4673 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4674 * be serialized.
4675 */
4676void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4677
4678/**
4679 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4680 * @sta: currently connected station
4681 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4682 *
4683 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4684 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4685 * from a connected station was received.
4686 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4687 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4688 * serialized.
Emmanuel Grumbach0aa419e2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03004689 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4690 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4691 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4692 * checks.
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004693 */
4694void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4695
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004696/*
4697 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4698 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4699 */
Felix Fietkau651b9922018-02-10 13:20:34 +01004700#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004701
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004702/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004703 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07004704 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004705 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4706 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004707 *
4708 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004709 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4710 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004711 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004712 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4713 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4714 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4715 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4716 *
4717 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4718 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4719 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4720 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4721 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4722 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4723 *
4724 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4725 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4726 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4727 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4728 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004729 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004730void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4731 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004732
4733/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004734 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4735 *
4736 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4737 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4738 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4739 *
4740 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4741 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4742 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4743 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4744 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4745 */
4746void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4747 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4748 struct sk_buff *skb,
4749 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4750 int max_rates);
4751
4752/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen484a54c2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02004753 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4754 *
4755 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4756 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4757 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4758 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4759 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4760 * slow stations to starve).
4761 *
4762 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4763 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4764 */
4765void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4766 u32 thr);
4767
4768/**
Anilkumar Kollif8252e72018-10-11 18:15:03 +05304769 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4770 *
4771 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4772 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4773 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4774 *
4775 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4776 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4777 * @info: tx status information
4778 */
4779void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4780 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4781 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4782
4783/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004784 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4785 *
4786 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4787 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4788 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4789 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004790 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4791 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004792 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004793 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4794 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004795 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004796 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4797 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004798 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004799void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004800 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004801
4802/**
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004803 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4804 *
4805 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4806 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4807 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4808 *
4809 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4810 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4811 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4812 *
4813 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4814 * @status: tx status information
4815 */
4816void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4817 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4818
4819/**
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004820 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4821 *
4822 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4823 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4824 * specific skbs.
4825 *
4826 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4827 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4828 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4829 *
4830 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4831 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4832 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4833 * @info: tx status information
4834 */
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004835static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4836 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4837 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4838{
4839 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4840 .sta = sta,
4841 .info = info,
4842 };
4843
4844 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4845}
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004846
4847/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004848 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4849 *
4850 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4851 *
4852 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4853 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4854 * for a single hardware.
4855 *
4856 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4857 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4858 */
4859static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4860 struct sk_buff *skb)
4861{
4862 local_bh_disable();
4863 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4864 local_bh_enable();
4865}
4866
4867/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004868 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004869 *
4870 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4871 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4872 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004873 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4874 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004875 *
4876 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4877 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004878 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004879void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004880 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004881
4882/**
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01004883 * ieee80211_tx_status_8023 - transmit status callback for 802.3 frame format
4884 *
4885 * Call this function for all transmitted data frames after their transmit
4886 * completion. This callback should only be called for data frames which
Randy Dunlap66b239d2020-07-15 09:43:24 -07004887 * are using driver's (or hardware's) offload capability of encap/decap
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01004888 * 802.11 frames.
4889 *
4890 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4891 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other and all
4892 * calls in the same tx status family.
4893 *
4894 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4895 * @vif: the interface for which the frame was transmitted
4896 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4897 */
4898void ieee80211_tx_status_8023(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4899 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4900 struct sk_buff *skb);
4901
4902/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004903 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4904 *
4905 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4906 * connected STA.
4907 *
4908 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4909 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4910 */
4911void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4912
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004913#define IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM 2
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004914
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004915/**
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004916 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4917 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4918 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004919 * @cntdwn_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4920 * to countdown counters. This array can contain zero values which
Luciano Coelho8d77ec82014-05-15 20:32:08 +03004921 * should be ignored.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004922 */
4923struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4924 u16 tim_offset;
4925 u16 tim_length;
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004926
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004927 u16 cntdwn_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM];
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004928};
4929
4930/**
4931 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4932 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4933 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4934 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4935 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4936 *
4937 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4938 * obtain the beacon template.
4939 *
4940 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4941 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004942 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4943 * applicable, the CSA count.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004944 *
4945 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4946 *
4947 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4948 */
4949struct sk_buff *
4950ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4951 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4952 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4953
4954/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004955 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4956 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004957 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004958 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4959 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4960 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4961 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4962 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4963 *
4964 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004965 * obtain the beacon frame.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004966 *
4967 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4968 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004969 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4970 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004971 *
4972 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004973 *
4974 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004975 */
4976struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4977 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4978 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4979
4980/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004981 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4982 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004983 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004984 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004985 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004986 *
4987 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004988 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004989static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4990 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4991{
4992 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4993}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004994
4995/**
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004996 * ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn - request mac80211 to decrement the beacon countdown
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004997 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4998 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004999 * The beacon counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03005000 * This function is called implicitly when
5001 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
5002 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02005003 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's beacon countdown.
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03005004 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02005005 * Return: new countdown value
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03005006 */
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02005007u8 ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03005008
5009/**
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02005010 * ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn - request mac80211 to set beacon countdown
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03005011 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5012 * @counter: the new value for the counter
5013 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02005014 * The beacon countdown can be changed by the device, this API should be
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03005015 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
5016 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02005017 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(),
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03005018 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
5019 */
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02005020void ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03005021
5022/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02005023 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
5024 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5025 *
5026 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02005027 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02005028 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
5029 */
5030void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5031
5032/**
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02005033 * ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete - find out if countdown reached 1
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02005034 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5035 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02005036 * This function returns whether the countdown reached zero.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02005037 */
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02005038bool ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02005039
5040/**
John Crispin5f9404a2021-07-02 19:44:08 +02005041 * ieee80211_color_change_finish - notify mac80211 about color change
5042 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5043 *
5044 * After a color change announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
5045 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
5046 * notify mac80211 that the color can be changed
5047 */
5048void ieee80211_color_change_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5049
5050/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02005051 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
5052 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5053 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5054 *
5055 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5056 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
5057 *
5058 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005059 *
5060 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02005061 */
5062struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5063 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5064
5065/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005066 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
5067 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5068 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5069 *
5070 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
5071 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
5072 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
5073 *
5074 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
5075 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005076 *
5077 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005078 */
5079struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5080 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5081
5082/**
5083 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
5084 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5085 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01005086 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
5087 * if at all possible
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005088 *
5089 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
5090 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
5091 * BSSID and address is used.
5092 *
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01005093 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
5094 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
5095 *
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005096 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
5097 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005098 *
5099 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005100 */
5101struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01005102 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5103 bool qos_ok);
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005104
5105/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005106 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5107 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02005108 * @src_addr: source MAC address
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005109 * @ssid: SSID buffer
5110 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01005111 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005112 *
5113 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5114 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005115 *
5116 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005117 */
5118struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02005119 const u8 *src_addr,
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005120 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01005121 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005122
5123/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005124 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
5125 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005126 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005127 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
5128 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005129 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005130 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
5131 *
5132 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
5133 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5134 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
5135 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
5136 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005137void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005138 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005139 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005140 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
5141
5142/**
5143 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
5144 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005145 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005146 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005147 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005148 *
5149 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
5150 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5151 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005152 *
5153 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005154 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005155__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5156 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005157 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005158
5159/**
5160 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
5161 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005162 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005163 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
5164 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005165 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005166 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
5167 *
5168 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
5169 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5170 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
5171 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
5172 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005173void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5174 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005175 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005176 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005177 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
5178
5179/**
5180 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
5181 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005182 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005183 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005184 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005185 *
5186 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
5187 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5188 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005189 *
5190 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005191 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005192__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5193 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005194 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005195 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005196
5197/**
5198 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
5199 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005200 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02005201 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005202 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01005203 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005204 *
5205 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
5206 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005207 *
5208 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005209 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005210__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5211 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02005212 enum nl80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005213 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01005214 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005215
5216/**
5217 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
5218 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005219 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005220 *
5221 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
5222 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
5223 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
5224 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005225 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
5226 *
5227 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
5228 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005229 *
5230 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
5231 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
5232 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
5233 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
5234 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
5235 * use common code for all beacons.
5236 */
5237struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005238ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005239
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005240/**
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02005241 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
5242 *
5243 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
5244 *
5245 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5246 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
5247 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
5248 */
5249void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5250 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
5251
5252/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005253 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005254 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005255 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
5256 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005257 *
5258 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005259 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
5260 * with this P1K
5261 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005262 */
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02005263static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5264 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
5265{
5266 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
5267 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
5268 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
5269
5270 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
5271}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005272
5273/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02005274 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
5275 *
5276 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
5277 * and transmitter address.
5278 *
5279 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5280 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
5281 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
5282 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
5283 */
5284void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5285 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
5286
5287/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005288 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5289 *
5290 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
5291 * in the packet.
5292 *
5293 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5294 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
5295 * encrypted with this key
5296 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5297 */
5298void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5299 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005300
5301/**
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02005302 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
5303 *
5304 * @pos: start of crypto header
5305 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5306 * @pn: PN to add
5307 *
5308 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
5309 * the packet payload)
5310 *
5311 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
5312 * point to the crypto header)
5313 */
5314u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
5315
5316/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005317 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
5318 *
5319 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005320 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005321 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5322 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5323 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
5324 *
5325 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
5326 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
5327 * by the device and not by mac80211.
5328 *
5329 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5330 * can be done concurrently.
5331 */
5332void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5333 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5334
5335/**
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005336 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
5337 *
5338 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005339 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005340 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5341 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5342 * @seq: new sequence data
5343 *
5344 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5345 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5346 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5347 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5348 *
5349 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5350 * can be done concurrently.
5351 */
5352void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5353 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5354
5355/**
5356 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5357 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5358 *
5359 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5360 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5361 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5362 *
5363 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5364 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5365 */
5366void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5367
5368/**
5369 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5370 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5371 * @keyconf: new key data
5372 *
5373 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5374 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5375 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5376 *
5377 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5378 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5379 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5380 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5381 *
5382 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5383 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5384 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5385 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5386 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5387 * of the reconfiguration.
5388 *
5389 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5390 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5391 *
5392 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5393 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5394 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5395 * the key that's being replaced.
5396 */
5397struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5398ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5399 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5400
5401/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005402 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5403 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5404 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5405 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5406 * @gfp: allocation flags
5407 */
5408void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5409 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5410
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005411/**
Johannes Berg4271d4b2020-11-29 17:30:45 +02005412 * ieee80211_key_mic_failure - increment MIC failure counter for the key
5413 *
5414 * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called
5415 * at the same time.
5416 *
5417 * @keyconf: the key in question
5418 */
5419void ieee80211_key_mic_failure(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5420
5421/**
5422 * ieee80211_key_replay - increment replay counter for the key
5423 *
5424 * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called
5425 * at the same time.
5426 *
5427 * @keyconf: the key in question
5428 */
5429void ieee80211_key_replay(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5430
5431/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005432 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5433 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5434 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5435 *
5436 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5437 */
5438void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5439
5440/**
5441 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5442 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5443 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5444 *
5445 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5446 */
5447void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5448
5449/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005450 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5451 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5452 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5453 *
5454 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005455 *
5456 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005457 */
5458
5459int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5460
5461/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005462 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5463 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5464 *
5465 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5466 */
5467void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5468
5469/**
5470 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5471 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5472 *
5473 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5474 */
5475void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5476
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005477/**
5478 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5479 *
5480 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5481 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02005482 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5483 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005484 *
5485 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005486 * @info: information about the completed scan
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005487 */
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005488void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5489 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005490
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005491/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03005492 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5493 *
5494 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5495 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5496 *
5497 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5498 */
5499void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5500
5501/**
5502 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5503 *
5504 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5505 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5506 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5507 * while associating, for instance.
5508 *
5509 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5510 */
5511void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5512
5513/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005514 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5515 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5516 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5517 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5518 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5519 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5520 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5521 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005522 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
Ben Greear265a0702020-09-22 12:19:56 -07005523 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER: Skip any interfaces where SDATA
5524 * is not in the driver. This may fix crashes during firmware recovery
5525 * for instance.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005526 */
5527enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5528 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5529 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005530 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
Ben Greear265a0702020-09-22 12:19:56 -07005531 IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005532};
5533
5534/**
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005535 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5536 *
5537 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5538 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5539 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5540 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5541 *
5542 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5543 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5544 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5545 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5546 */
5547void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5548 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5549 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5550 void *data);
5551
5552/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07005553 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005554 *
5555 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5556 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005557 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5558 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5559 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005560 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005561 *
5562 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005563 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005564 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005565 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5566 */
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005567static inline void
5568ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5569 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5570 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5571 void *data)
5572{
5573 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5574 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5575 iterator, data);
5576}
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005577
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005578/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005579 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5580 *
5581 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5582 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5583 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5584 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005585 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005586 *
5587 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005588 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005589 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5590 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5591 */
5592void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005593 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005594 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5595 u8 *mac,
5596 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5597 void *data);
5598
5599/**
Johannes Berga05829a2021-01-22 16:19:43 +01005600 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005601 *
5602 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5603 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Brian Norris34fb4db2021-05-05 13:28:29 -07005604 * This version can only be used while holding the wiphy mutex.
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005605 *
5606 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5607 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5608 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5609 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5610 */
Johannes Berga05829a2021-01-22 16:19:43 +01005611void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5612 u32 iter_flags,
5613 void (*iterator)(void *data,
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005614 u8 *mac,
5615 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
Johannes Berga05829a2021-01-22 16:19:43 +01005616 void *data);
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005617
5618/**
Arik Nemtsov0fc1e042014-10-22 12:30:59 +03005619 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5620 *
5621 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5622 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5623 * function for them.
5624 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5625 *
5626 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5627 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5628 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5629 */
5630void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5631 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5632 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5633 void *data);
5634/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04005635 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5636 *
5637 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5638 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5639 *
5640 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5641 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5642 */
5643void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5644
5645/**
5646 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5647 *
5648 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5649 * workqueue.
5650 *
5651 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5652 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5653 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5654 */
5655void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5656 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5657 unsigned long delay);
5658
5659/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005660 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005661 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005662 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305663 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005664 *
5665 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005666 *
5667 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5668 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5669 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5670 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305671int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5672 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005673
5674/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005675 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005676 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005677 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5678 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5679 *
5680 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005681 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5682 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005683 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005684void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005685 u16 tid);
5686
5687/**
5688 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005689 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005690 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005691 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005692 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005693 *
5694 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5695 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5696 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5697 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005698int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005699
5700/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005701 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005702 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005703 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5704 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5705 *
5706 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005707 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5708 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005709 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005710void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005711 u16 tid);
5712
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07005713/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005714 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5715 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005716 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005717 * @addr: station's address
5718 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005719 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5720 *
5721 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005722 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5723 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005724struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005725 const u8 *addr);
5726
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005727/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005728 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005729 *
5730 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005731 * @addr: remote station's address
5732 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005733 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005734 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5735 *
5736 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005737 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5738 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005739 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5740 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5741 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5742 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5743 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5744 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5745 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005746 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005747 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005748 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005749struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5750 const u8 *addr,
5751 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005752
5753/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01005754 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5755 * @hw: the hardware
5756 * @pubsta: the station
5757 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5758 *
5759 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5760 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5761 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5762 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5763 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5764 *
5765 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5766 * manner.
5767 *
5768 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5769 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5770 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5771 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5772 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5773 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5774 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5775 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5776 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5777 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5778 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5779 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5780 * woke up while blocked or not.
5781 */
5782void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5783 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5784
5785/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005786 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5787 * @pubsta: the station
5788 *
5789 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5790 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5791 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5792 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5793 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005794 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5795 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5796 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5797 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5798 *
5799 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5800 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5801 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5802 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005803 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005804void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005805
5806/**
Emmanuel Grumbach0ead2512015-11-17 10:24:36 +02005807 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5808 * @pubsta: the station
5809 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5810 *
5811 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5812 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5813 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5814 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5815 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5816 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5817 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5818 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5819 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5820 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5821 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5822 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5823 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5824 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5825 */
5826void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5827
5828/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005829 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5830 *
Felix Fietkauc74114d2020-09-08 14:36:55 +02005831 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver must call
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005832 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5833 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5834 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5835 *
5836 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5837 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5838 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5839 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5840 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5841 * attempts.
5842 *
5843 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5844 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5845 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5846 * them to 0.
5847 *
5848 * @pubsta: the station
5849 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5850 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5851 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5852 */
5853void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5854 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5855
5856/**
Kan Yan3ace10f2019-11-18 22:06:09 -08005857 * ieee80211_txq_airtime_check - check if a txq can send frame to device
5858 *
5859 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5860 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
5861 *
5862 * Return true if the AQL's airtime limit has not been reached and the txq can
5863 * continue to send more packets to the device. Otherwise return false.
5864 */
5865bool
5866ieee80211_txq_airtime_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
5867
5868/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005869 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5870 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5871 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5872 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5873 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5874 *
5875 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5876 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5877 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5878 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5879 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5880 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02005881 *
5882 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5883 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5884 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005885 */
5886void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5887 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5888 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5889 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5890 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5891 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5892 void *data),
5893 void *iter_data);
5894
5895/**
Eliad Pelleref044762015-11-17 10:24:37 +02005896 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5897 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5898 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5899 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5900 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5901 *
5902 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5903 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5904 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5905 * in removal process will be skipped.
5906 *
5907 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5908 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5909 */
5910void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5911 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5912 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5913 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5914 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5915 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5916 void *data),
5917 void *iter_data);
5918
5919/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005920 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13005921 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005922 * @iter: iterator function
5923 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5924 *
5925 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5926 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5927 * places while calling into the driver.
5928 *
5929 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5930 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5931 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01005932 *
5933 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5934 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5935 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5936 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005937 */
5938void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5939 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5940 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5941 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5942 void *data),
5943 void *iter_data);
5944
5945/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005946 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5947 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5948 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5949 *
5950 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5951 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5952 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5953 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5954 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005955 * %NULL.
5956 *
5957 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005958 */
5959struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5960 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5961
5962/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005963 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5964 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005965 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005966 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005967 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005968 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005969 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5970 */
5971void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005972
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005973/**
5974 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5975 *
5976 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5977 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005978 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005979 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5980 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01005981 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5982 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005983 *
5984 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5985 * without connection recovery attempts.
5986 */
5987void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5988
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005989/**
Johannes Berg3f8a39f2020-12-06 14:54:43 +02005990 * ieee80211_disconnect - request disconnection
5991 *
5992 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5993 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired
5994 *
5995 * Request disconnection from the current network and, if enabled, send a
5996 * hint to the higher layers that immediate reconnect is desired.
5997 */
5998void ieee80211_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool reconnect);
5999
6000/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02006001 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
6002 *
6003 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6004 *
6005 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
6006 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
6007 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
6008 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
6009 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
6010 *
6011 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
6012 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
6013 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
6014 * disconnect normally later.
6015 *
6016 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
6017 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
6018 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
6019 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
6020 */
6021void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6022
6023/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02006024 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
6025 * rssi threshold triggered
6026 *
6027 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6028 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01006029 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02006030 * @gfp: context flags
6031 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01006032 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02006033 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
6034 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
6035 */
6036void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6037 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01006038 s32 rssi_level,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02006039 gfp_t gfp);
6040
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02006041/**
Johannes Berg98f03342014-11-26 12:42:02 +01006042 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
6043 *
6044 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6045 * @gfp: context flags
6046 */
6047void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
6048
6049/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01006050 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
6051 *
6052 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6053 */
6054void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6055
6056/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02006057 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
6058 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6059 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
6060 *
6061 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
6062 * and wake up the suspended queues.
6063 */
6064void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
6065
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02006066/**
6067 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
6068 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02006069 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02006070 *
6071 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
6072 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
6073 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
6074 */
6075void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6076 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
6077
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02006078/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01006079 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
6080 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6081 */
6082void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6083
6084/**
6085 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6086 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6087 */
6088void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6089
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03006090/**
6091 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
6092 *
6093 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
6094 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
6095 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
6096 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
6097 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
6098 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
6099 *
6100 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6101 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
6102 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
6103 */
6104void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
6105 const u8 *addr);
6106
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02006107/**
Sara Sharon06470f72016-01-28 16:19:25 +02006108 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
6109 * @pubsta: station struct
6110 * @tid: the session's TID
6111 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
6112 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
6113 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
6114 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
6115 *
6116 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
6117 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
6118 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
6119 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
6120 */
6121void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
6122 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
6123 u16 received_mpdus);
6124
6125/**
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02006126 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
6127 *
6128 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
6129 * buffer.
6130 *
6131 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6132 * @ra: the peer's destination address
6133 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
6134 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
6135 */
6136void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
6137
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03006138/**
6139 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
6140 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6141 * @addr: station mac address
6142 * @tid: the rx tid
6143 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006144void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03006145 unsigned int tid);
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006146
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02006147/**
6148 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
6149 *
6150 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
6151 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
6152 * reordering.
6153 *
6154 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
6155 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
6156 *
6157 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6158 * @addr: station mac address
6159 * @tid: the rx tid
6160 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006161static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6162 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
6163{
6164 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
6165 return;
6166 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
6167}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02006168
6169/**
6170 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
6171 *
6172 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
6173 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
6174 * reordering.
6175 *
6176 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
6177 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
6178 *
6179 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6180 * @addr: station mac address
6181 * @tid: the rx tid
6182 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006183static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6184 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
6185{
6186 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
6187 return;
6188 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
6189}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02006190
Naftali Goldstein04c2cf32017-07-11 10:07:25 +03006191/**
6192 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
6193 *
6194 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
6195 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
6196 *
6197 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
6198 *
6199 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6200 * @addr: station mac address
6201 * @tid: the rx tid
6202 */
6203void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6204 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
6205
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006206/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006207
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006208/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006209 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006210 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006211 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
6212 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
6213 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01006214 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
6215 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006216 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
6217 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
6218 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
6219 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
6220 * RTS threshold
6221 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
6222 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01006223 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02006224 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01006225 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006226 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006227struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
6228 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
6229 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
6230 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
6231 struct sk_buff *skb;
6232 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
6233 bool rts, short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02006234 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02006235 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01006236 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006237};
6238
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03006239/**
6240 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
6241 */
6242enum rate_control_capabilities {
6243 /**
6244 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
6245 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
6246 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
6247 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
6248 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
6249 */
6250 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
Felix Fietkau08a46c642021-06-17 18:31:11 +02006251 /**
6252 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_AMPDU_TRIGGER:
6253 * mac80211 should start A-MPDU sessions on tx
6254 */
6255 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_AMPDU_TRIGGER = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03006256};
6257
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006258struct rate_control_ops {
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03006259 unsigned long capa;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006260 const char *name;
Johannes Berg6cb5f3e2020-04-23 11:13:49 +02006261 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6262 void (*add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void *priv,
6263 struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006264 void (*free)(void *priv);
6265
6266 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
6267 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02006268 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006269 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05306270 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02006271 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02006272 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6273 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006274 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
6275 void *priv_sta);
6276
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02006277 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
6278 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6279 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006280 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6281 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6282 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006283 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6284 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006285
6286 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
6287 struct dentry *dir);
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02006288
6289 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006290};
6291
6292static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02006293 enum nl80211_band band,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006294 int index)
6295{
6296 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
6297}
6298
6299static inline s8
6300rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6301 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
6302{
6303 int i;
6304
6305 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6306 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6307 return i;
6308
6309 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01006310 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006311
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01006312 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006313 return 0;
6314}
6315
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07006316static inline
6317bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6318 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
6319{
6320 unsigned int i;
6321
6322 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6323 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6324 return true;
6325 return false;
6326}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006327
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02006328/**
6329 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
6330 *
6331 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
6332 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
6333 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
6334 * the most recent rate control module decision.
6335 *
6336 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6337 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
6338 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
6339 */
6340int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6341 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
6342 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
6343
Johannes Berg631ad702014-01-20 23:29:34 +01006344int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
6345void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006346
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006347static inline bool
6348conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6349{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006350 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006351}
6352
6353static inline bool
6354conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6355{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006356 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6357 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006358}
6359
6360static inline bool
6361conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6362{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006363 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6364 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006365}
6366
6367static inline bool
6368conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6369{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006370 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006371}
6372
6373static inline bool
6374conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6375{
Rostislav Lisovy041f6072014-04-02 15:31:55 +02006376 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6377 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6378 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006379}
6380
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02006381static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6382ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6383{
6384 if (p2p) {
6385 switch (type) {
6386 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6387 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6388 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6389 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6390 default:
6391 break;
6392 }
6393 }
6394 return type;
6395}
6396
6397static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6398ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6399{
6400 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6401}
6402
Sara Sharon65554d02016-02-16 12:48:17 +02006403/**
6404 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6405 *
6406 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6407 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6408 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6409 *
6410 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6411 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6412 * matching GroupId management frame.
6413 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6414 */
6415void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6416 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6417
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07006418void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6419 int rssi_min_thold,
6420 int rssi_max_thold);
6421
6422void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03006423
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006424/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006425 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006426 *
6427 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6428 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006429 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6430 *
6431 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6432 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006433 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07006434int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6435
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01006436/**
6437 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6438 * @vif: virtual interface
6439 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6440 * @gfp: allocation flags
6441 *
6442 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6443 */
6444void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6445 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6446 gfp_t gfp);
6447
Felix Fietkau06be6b12013-10-14 18:01:00 +02006448/**
6449 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6450 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6451 * @vif: virtual interface
6452 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6453 * @band: the band to transmit on
6454 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6455 *
6456 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6457 */
6458bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6459 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6460 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6461
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006462/**
Mauro Carvalho Chehabb1e8eb12020-10-23 18:33:08 +02006463 * ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap - Sanity-check and parse the radiotap header
Mathy Vanhoefbddc0c42021-05-30 15:32:26 +02006464 * of injected frames.
6465 *
6466 * To accurately parse and take into account rate and retransmission fields,
6467 * you must initialize the chandef field in the ieee80211_tx_info structure
6468 * of the skb before calling this function.
6469 *
Mathy Vanhoefcb17ed22020-07-23 14:01:53 +04006470 * @skb: packet injected by userspace
6471 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
6472 */
6473bool ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap(struct sk_buff *skb,
6474 struct net_device *dev);
6475
6476/**
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006477 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6478 *
6479 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6480 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6481 *
6482 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6483 *
6484 * private:
6485 *
6486 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6487 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6488 */
6489struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6490 u32 next_tsf;
6491 bool has_next_tsf;
6492
6493 u8 absent;
6494
6495 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6496 struct {
6497 u32 start;
6498 u32 duration;
6499 u32 interval;
6500 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6501};
6502
6503/**
6504 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6505 *
6506 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6507 * @data: NoA tracking data
6508 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6509 *
6510 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6511 */
6512int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6513 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6514
6515/**
6516 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6517 *
6518 * @data: NoA tracking data
6519 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6520 */
6521void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6522
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006523/**
Mauro Carvalho Chehabb1e8eb12020-10-23 18:33:08 +02006524 * ieee80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006525 * @vif: virtual interface
6526 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6527 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6528 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6529 * @gfp: allocation flags
6530 *
6531 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6532 */
6533void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6534 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6535 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
Andrei Otcheretianskia7f3a762014-10-22 15:22:49 +03006536
6537/**
Liad Kaufmanb6da9112014-11-19 13:47:38 +02006538 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6539 *
6540 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6541 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6542 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6543 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6544 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6545 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6546 *
6547 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6548 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6549 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6550 *
6551 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6552 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6553 *
6554 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6555 */
6556int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6557
6558/**
6559 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6560 *
6561 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6562 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6563 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6564 *
6565 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6566 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6567 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6568 *
6569 * @sta: the station
6570 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6571 */
6572void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6573
6574/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006575 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6576 *
6577 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006578 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6579 * ieee80211_next_txq()
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006580 *
6581 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006582 *
6583 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6584 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
Randy Dunlap66b239d2020-07-15 09:43:24 -07006585 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by RCU and thus the
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006586 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6587 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6588 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6589 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006590 *
6591 * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called.
6592 * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006593 */
6594struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6595 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006596
6597/**
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006598 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6599 * (in process context)
6600 *
6601 * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context
6602 * (internally disables bottom halves).
6603 *
6604 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6605 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6606 * ieee80211_next_txq()
6607 */
6608static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6609 struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6610{
6611 struct sk_buff *skb;
6612
6613 local_bh_disable();
6614 skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq);
6615 local_bh_enable();
6616
6617 return skb;
6618}
6619
6620/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006621 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6622 *
6623 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6624 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6625 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006626 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6627 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6628 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6629 */
6630struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6631
6632/**
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006633 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006634 *
6635 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6636 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6637 *
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006638 * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6639 * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006640 */
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006641void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006642
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006643/* (deprecated) */
6644static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6645{
6646}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006647
6648/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006649 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
6650 *
6651 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6652 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6653 *
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006654 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
6655 * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
6656 *
6657 * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
6658 * this TXQ internally.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006659 */
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen24336472021-06-23 15:47:55 +02006660void ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006661
6662/**
6663 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6664 *
6665 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6666 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006667 * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
6668 *
6669 * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
6670 * internally.
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006671 */
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen24336472021-06-23 15:47:55 +02006672void ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6673 bool force);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006674
6675/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006676 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6677 *
6678 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6679 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6680 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6681 * next_txq().
6682 *
6683 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6684 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6685 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6686 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6687 * again.
6688 *
6689 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13006690 * aligned against driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006691 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6692 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6693 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6694 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6695 *
6696 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6697 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6698 */
6699bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6700 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6701
6702/**
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006703 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6704 *
6705 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6706 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6707 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6708 *
6709 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6710 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6711 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6712 */
6713void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6714 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6715 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03006716
6717/**
6718 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6719 *
6720 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6721 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6722 *
6723 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6724 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6725 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6726 * @gfp: allocation flags
6727 */
6728void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6729 u8 inst_id,
6730 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6731 gfp_t gfp);
Ayala Beker92bc43b2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03006732
6733/**
6734 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6735 *
6736 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6737 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6738 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6739 *
6740 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6741 * @match: match event information
6742 * @gfp: allocation flags
6743 */
6744void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6745 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6746 gfp_t gfp);
6747
Toke Høiland-Jørgensendb3e1c42019-11-18 22:06:08 -08006748/**
6749 * ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for RX.
6750 *
6751 * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
6752 * rate information in the RX status struct and the frame length.
6753 *
6754 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6755 * @status: &struct ieee80211_rx_status containing the transmission rate
6756 * information.
6757 * @len: frame length in bytes
6758 */
6759u32 ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6760 struct ieee80211_rx_status *status,
6761 int len);
6762
6763/**
6764 * ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for TX.
6765 *
6766 * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
6767 * rate information in the TX info struct and the frame length.
6768 *
6769 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6770 * @info: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
6771 * @len: frame length in bytes
6772 */
6773u32 ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6774 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info,
6775 int len);
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01006776/**
6777 * ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap - enable hardware encapsulation offloading.
6778 *
6779 * This function is used to notify mac80211 that a vif can be passed raw 802.3
6780 * frames. The driver needs to then handle the 802.11 encapsulation inside the
6781 * hardware or firmware.
6782 *
6783 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6784 * @enable: indicate if the feature should be turned on or off
6785 */
6786bool ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool enable);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensendb3e1c42019-11-18 22:06:08 -08006787
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +00006788/**
6789 * ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl - Get FILS discovery template.
6790 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
6791 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6792 *
6793 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
6794 *
6795 * Return: FILS discovery template. %NULL on error.
6796 */
6797struct sk_buff *ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6798 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +00006799
6800/**
6801 * ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl - Get unsolicited broadcast
6802 * probe response template.
6803 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
6804 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6805 *
6806 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
6807 *
6808 * Return: Unsolicited broadcast probe response template. %NULL on error.
6809 */
6810struct sk_buff *
6811ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6812 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Philipp Borgerscff7b5c2021-05-19 14:20:17 +02006813
6814/**
John Crispin5f9404a2021-07-02 19:44:08 +02006815 * ieeee80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify userland about a BSS color
6816 * collision.
6817 *
6818 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6819 * @color_bitmap: a 64 bit bitmap representing the colors that the local BSS is
6820 * aware of.
6821 */
6822void
6823ieeee80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6824 u64 color_bitmap);
6825
6826/**
Philipp Borgerscff7b5c2021-05-19 14:20:17 +02006827 * ieee80211_is_tx_data - check if frame is a data frame
6828 *
6829 * The function is used to check if a frame is a data frame. Frames with
6830 * hardware encapsulation enabled are data frames.
6831 *
6832 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
6833 */
6834static inline bool ieee80211_is_tx_data(struct sk_buff *skb)
6835{
6836 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info = IEEE80211_SKB_CB(skb);
6837 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (void *) skb->data;
6838
6839 return info->flags & IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP ||
6840 ieee80211_is_data(hdr->frame_control);
6841}
6842
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07006843#endif /* MAC80211_H */